1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return nullptr; 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return nullptr; 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return nullptr; 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) { 327 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType) 328 return nullptr; 329 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 330 && "only get destructor types from declspecs"); 331 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 332 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 333 if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) { 334 return ParsedType::make(T); 335 } 336 337 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 338 << T << SearchType; 339 return nullptr; 340 } 341 342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 343 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 344 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 345 346 if (!SS.isValid()) 347 return false; 348 349 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 350 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 351 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 352 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 353 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 354 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 355 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 356 // case where the scope is dependent. 357 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 358 << SS.getScopeRep(); 359 return true; 360 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 364 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 365 return false; 366 } 367 368 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 369 } 370 371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 373 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 374 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 375 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 376 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 377 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 378 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 379 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 380 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 381 Qualifiers Quals; 382 QualType T 383 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 384 Quals); 385 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 386 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 387 return ExprError(); 388 389 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 390 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 391 392 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 393 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 394 } 395 396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 398 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 399 Expr *E, 400 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 401 bool WasEvaluated = false; 402 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 403 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 404 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 405 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 406 E = result.get(); 407 } 408 409 QualType T = E->getType(); 410 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 411 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 412 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 413 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 414 // shall be completely-defined. 415 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 416 return ExprError(); 417 418 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 419 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 420 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 421 // operand. [...] 422 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 423 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 424 // and recheck the subexpression. 425 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 426 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 427 E = Result.get(); 428 429 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 430 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 431 WasEvaluated = true; 432 } 433 } 434 435 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 436 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 437 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 438 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 439 // type. 440 Qualifiers Quals; 441 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 442 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 443 T = UnqualT; 444 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 445 } 446 } 447 448 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 449 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 450 << E->getType()); 451 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 452 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 453 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 454 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 455 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 456 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 457 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 458 } 459 460 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 461 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 462 } 463 464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 465 ExprResult 466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 467 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 468 // Find the std::type_info type. 469 if (!getStdNamespace()) 470 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 471 472 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 473 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 474 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 475 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 476 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 477 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 478 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 479 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 480 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 481 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 482 } 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 485 } 486 487 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 489 } 490 491 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 492 493 if (isType) { 494 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 496 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 497 &TInfo); 498 if (T.isNull()) 499 return ExprError(); 500 501 if (!TInfo) 502 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 503 504 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 505 } 506 507 // The operand is an expression. 508 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 509 } 510 511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to 512 /// a single GUID. 513 static void 514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT, 515 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) { 516 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection. 517 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr(); 518 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType()) 519 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 520 else if (QT->isArrayType()) 521 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 522 523 const auto *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 524 if (!RD) 525 return; 526 527 if (const auto *Uuid = RD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { 528 UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid); 529 return; 530 } 531 532 // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments. 533 if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) { 534 const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs(); 535 for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) { 536 const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr; 537 if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) 538 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs); 539 else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) 540 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs); 541 542 if (UuidForTA) 543 UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA); 544 } 545 } 546 } 547 548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 550 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 551 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 552 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 553 StringRef UuidStr; 554 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 555 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 556 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs); 557 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 558 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 559 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 560 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 561 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 562 } 563 564 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr, 565 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 566 } 567 568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 570 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 571 Expr *E, 572 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 573 StringRef UuidStr; 574 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 575 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 576 UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"; 577 } else { 578 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 579 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs); 580 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 581 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 582 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 583 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 584 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 585 } 586 } 587 588 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr, 589 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 590 } 591 592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 593 ExprResult 594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 595 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 596 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 597 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 598 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 599 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 600 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 601 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 602 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 603 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 604 } 605 606 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 607 608 if (isType) { 609 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 610 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 611 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 612 &TInfo); 613 if (T.isNull()) 614 return ExprError(); 615 616 if (!TInfo) 617 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 618 619 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 620 } 621 622 // The operand is an expression. 623 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 624 } 625 626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 627 ExprResult 628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 629 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 630 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 631 return new (Context) 632 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 633 } 634 635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 636 ExprResult 637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 638 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 639 } 640 641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 642 ExprResult 643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 644 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 645 if (Ex) { 646 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 647 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 648 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 649 // 650 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 651 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 652 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 653 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 654 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 655 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 656 // exception object 657 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 658 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 659 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 660 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 661 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 662 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 663 break; 664 } 665 666 if (S->getFlags() & 667 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 668 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 669 Scope::TryScope)) 670 break; 671 } 672 } 673 } 674 } 675 676 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 677 } 678 679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 680 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 681 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 682 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 683 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 684 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 685 686 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 687 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 688 689 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 690 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 691 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 692 return ExprError(); 693 694 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 695 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 696 697 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 698 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 699 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 700 // 701 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 702 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 703 // catch-clause 704 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 705 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 706 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 707 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 708 // exception object 709 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 710 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 711 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 712 713 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 714 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 715 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 716 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 717 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 718 if (Res.isInvalid()) 719 return ExprError(); 720 Ex = Res.get(); 721 } 722 723 return new (Context) 724 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 725 } 726 727 static void 728 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 729 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 730 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 731 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 732 bool ParentIsPublic) { 733 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 734 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 735 bool NewSubobject; 736 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 737 // always distinct subobjects. 738 if (BS.isVirtual()) 739 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 740 else 741 NewSubobject = true; 742 743 if (NewSubobject) 744 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 745 746 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 747 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 748 if (PublicPath) 749 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 750 751 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 752 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 753 PublicPath); 754 } 755 } 756 757 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 758 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 759 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 760 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 761 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 762 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 763 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 764 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 765 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 766 767 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 768 // Skip ambiguous objects. 769 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 770 continue; 771 772 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 773 } 774 } 775 776 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 777 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 778 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 779 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 780 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 781 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 782 bool isPointer = false; 783 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 784 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 785 isPointer = true; 786 } 787 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 788 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 789 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 790 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 791 E->getSourceRange())) 792 return true; 793 794 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 795 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 796 return true; 797 } 798 799 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 800 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 801 if (!RD) 802 return false; 803 804 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 805 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 806 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 807 808 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 809 if (isPointer) 810 return false; 811 812 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 813 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 814 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 815 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 816 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 817 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 818 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 819 return true; 820 } 821 } 822 823 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 824 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 825 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 826 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 827 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 828 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 829 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 830 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 831 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 832 833 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 834 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 835 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 836 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 837 // lookup and overload resolution. 838 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 839 if (!CD) 840 continue; 841 842 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 843 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 844 845 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 846 // in the catchable type data. 847 if (CD->isTrivial()) 848 continue; 849 850 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 851 // type to this constructor. 852 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 853 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 854 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 855 // friendship or any other means). 856 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 857 858 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 859 // we must rebuild them here. 860 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 861 // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated. 862 if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I)) 863 continue; 864 865 Expr *DefaultArg = 866 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get(); 867 Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg); 868 } 869 } 870 } 871 872 return false; 873 } 874 875 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 876 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 877 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 878 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 879 if (method && method->isInstance()) 880 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 881 } 882 if (ThisTy.isNull()) { 883 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) && 884 CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) { 885 // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated 886 // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'. 887 // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer 888 // from. 889 890 // FIXME: This looks wrong. If we're in a lambda within a lambda within a 891 // default member initializer, we need to recurse up more parents to find 892 // the right context. Looks like we should be walking up to the parent of 893 // the closure type, checking whether that is itself a lambda, and if so, 894 // recursing, until we reach a class or a function that isn't a lambda 895 // call operator. And we should accumulate the constness of *this on the 896 // way. 897 898 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType( 899 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent())); 900 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 901 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 902 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 903 } 904 } 905 // Add const for '* this' capture if not mutable. 906 if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext)) { 907 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda(); 908 assert(LSI); 909 if (LSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) { 910 auto C = LSI->getCXXThisCapture(); 911 QualType BaseType = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 912 if ((C.isThisCapture() && C.isCopyCapture()) && 913 LSI->CallOperator->isConst() && !BaseType.isConstQualified()) { 914 BaseType.addConst(); 915 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(BaseType); 916 } 917 } 918 } 919 return ThisTy; 920 } 921 922 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 923 Decl *ContextDecl, 924 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 925 bool Enabled) 926 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 927 { 928 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 929 return; 930 931 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 932 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 933 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 934 else 935 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 936 937 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 938 = S.Context.getPointerType( 939 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 940 941 this->Enabled = true; 942 } 943 944 945 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 946 if (Enabled) { 947 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 948 } 949 } 950 951 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 952 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc, 953 const bool ByCopy) { 954 QualType CaptureThisTy = ByCopy ? ThisTy->getPointeeType() : ThisTy; 955 956 FieldDecl *Field 957 = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisTy, 958 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisTy, Loc), 959 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit); 960 Field->setImplicit(true); 961 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 962 RD->addDecl(Field); 963 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true); 964 if (ByCopy) { 965 Expr *StarThis = S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, 966 UO_Deref, 967 This).get(); 968 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture( 969 nullptr, CaptureThisTy, Loc); 970 InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc); 971 InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 972 ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 973 if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr; 974 return ER.get(); 975 } 976 return This; 977 } 978 979 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit, 980 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt, 981 const bool ByCopy) { 982 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 983 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 984 return true; 985 986 assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value"); 987 988 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 989 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 990 991 // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this') 992 // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at 993 // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack. 994 995 // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a 996 // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation: 997 // [*this] { ... }. 998 // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference 999 // capture. 1000 1001 // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes 1002 // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if: 1003 // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object* 1004 // - or, 'L' has an implicit capture. 1005 // AND 1006 // -- there is no enclosing closure 1007 // -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the 1008 // *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E' 1009 // and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*. 1010 // -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the 1011 // *enclosing object* 1012 1013 1014 unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0; 1015 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 1016 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 1017 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 1018 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 1019 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 1020 break; 1021 } 1022 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 1023 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 1024 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1025 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1026 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1027 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1028 return true; 1029 } 1030 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 1031 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 1032 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 1033 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 1034 (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) { 1035 // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first 1036 // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures, 1037 // if any, must perform implicit captures. 1038 1039 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 1040 NumCapturingClosures++; 1041 continue; 1042 } 1043 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1044 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1045 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1046 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1047 return true; 1048 } 1049 break; 1050 } 1051 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 1052 1053 // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the 1054 // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it 1055 // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures). 1056 1057 // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting 1058 // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for 1059 // all enclosing closure's upto NumCapturingClosures (since they must be 1060 // implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop 1061 // above)). 1062 assert((!ByCopy || 1063 dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && 1064 "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " 1065 "*this) by copy"); 1066 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 1067 // contexts. 1068 1069 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures; 1070 --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) { 1071 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 1072 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 1073 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1074 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) { 1075 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression, 1076 // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first 1077 // iteration. 1078 ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc, 1079 ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1080 1081 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 1082 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 1083 ThisExpr = 1084 captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc, 1085 false/*ByCopy*/); 1086 1087 bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1; 1088 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr, ByCopy); 1089 } 1090 return false; 1091 } 1092 1093 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 1094 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 1095 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 1096 /// which the function is called. 1097 1098 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1099 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 1100 1101 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 1102 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 1103 } 1104 1105 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 1106 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 1107 // type for 'this'. 1108 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 1109 return false; 1110 1111 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 1112 // defined. 1113 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 1114 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 1115 } 1116 1117 ExprResult 1118 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 1119 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1120 MultiExprArg exprs, 1121 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1122 if (!TypeRep) 1123 return ExprError(); 1124 1125 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 1126 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 1127 if (!TInfo) 1128 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 1129 1130 return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1131 } 1132 1133 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1134 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1135 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1136 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1137 ExprResult 1138 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1139 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1140 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1141 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1142 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1143 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1144 1145 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1146 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1147 RParenLoc); 1148 } 1149 1150 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1151 assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) 1152 && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1153 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1154 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1155 1156 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1157 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1158 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1159 // corresponding cast expression. 1160 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1161 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1162 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1163 } 1164 1165 // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a 1166 // simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete 1167 // object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue 1168 // of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing 1169 // an object of type T. 1170 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1171 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1172 if (!ListInitialization) 1173 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1174 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1175 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1176 } 1177 1178 if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType()) 1179 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type) 1180 << FullRange); 1181 1182 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1183 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1184 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1185 return ExprError(); 1186 1187 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty, 1188 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1189 return ExprError(); 1190 1191 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1192 InitializationKind Kind = 1193 Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization 1194 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1195 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc) 1196 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1197 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1198 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1199 1200 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1201 return Result; 1202 1203 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1204 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1205 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1206 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1207 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1208 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1209 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1210 // 1211 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1212 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1213 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1214 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1215 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1216 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1217 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo, 1218 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1219 } 1220 1221 return Result; 1222 } 1223 1224 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual 1225 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter. 1226 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1227 QualType allocType) { 1228 const RecordType *record = 1229 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1230 if (!record) return false; 1231 1232 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1233 1234 DeclarationName deleteName = 1235 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1236 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1237 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1238 1239 // We're just doing this for information. 1240 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1241 1242 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1243 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1244 1245 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1246 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1247 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1248 1249 LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter(); 1250 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1251 NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1252 1253 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1254 // A template instance is never a usual deallocation function, 1255 // regardless of its signature. 1256 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) { 1257 filter.erase(); 1258 continue; 1259 } 1260 1261 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1262 // If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one 1263 // parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function 1264 // named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the 1265 // second of which has type std::size_t, then this function 1266 // is a usual deallocation function. 1267 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) { 1268 filter.erase(); 1269 continue; 1270 } 1271 } 1272 filter.done(); 1273 1274 if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false; 1275 1276 const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl()); 1277 return (del->getNumParams() == 2); 1278 } 1279 1280 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1281 /// 1282 /// E.g.: 1283 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1284 /// or 1285 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1286 /// 1287 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1288 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1289 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1290 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1291 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1292 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1293 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1294 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1295 /// if there is none. 1296 ExprResult 1297 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1298 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1299 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1300 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1301 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType(); 1302 1303 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1304 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1305 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1306 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1307 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1308 if (TypeContainsAuto) 1309 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1310 << D.getSourceRange()); 1311 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1312 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1313 << D.getSourceRange()); 1314 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1315 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1316 << D.getSourceRange()); 1317 1318 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1319 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1320 } 1321 1322 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1323 if (ArraySize) { 1324 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1325 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1326 break; 1327 1328 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1329 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1330 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1331 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1332 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1333 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1334 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1335 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1336 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1337 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1338 Array.NumElts 1339 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1340 CCEK_NewExpr) 1341 .get(); 1342 } else { 1343 Array.NumElts 1344 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1345 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1346 .get(); 1347 } 1348 if (!Array.NumElts) 1349 return ExprError(); 1350 } 1351 } 1352 } 1353 } 1354 1355 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1356 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1357 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1358 return ExprError(); 1359 1360 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1361 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) 1362 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1363 1364 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1365 PlacementLParen, 1366 PlacementArgs, 1367 PlacementRParen, 1368 TypeIdParens, 1369 AllocType, 1370 TInfo, 1371 ArraySize, 1372 DirectInitRange, 1373 Initializer, 1374 TypeContainsAuto); 1375 } 1376 1377 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1378 Expr *Init) { 1379 if (!Init) 1380 return true; 1381 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1382 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1383 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1384 return true; 1385 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1386 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1387 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1388 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1389 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1390 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1391 return true; 1392 } 1393 return false; 1394 } 1395 1396 ExprResult 1397 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1398 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1399 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1400 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1401 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1402 QualType AllocType, 1403 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1404 Expr *ArraySize, 1405 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1406 Expr *Initializer, 1407 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 1408 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1409 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1410 1411 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1412 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1413 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1414 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1415 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1416 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1417 else { 1418 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1419 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1420 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1421 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1422 } 1423 1424 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1425 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1426 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1427 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1428 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1429 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1430 } 1431 1432 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1433 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) { 1434 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1435 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1436 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1437 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1438 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1439 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1440 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1441 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1442 if (NumInits > 1) { 1443 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1444 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1445 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1446 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1447 } 1448 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1449 QualType DeducedType; 1450 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1451 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1452 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1453 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1454 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1455 return ExprError(); 1456 AllocType = DeducedType; 1457 } 1458 1459 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1460 // typedef of an array type. 1461 if (!ArraySize) { 1462 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1463 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1464 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1465 Context.getSizeType(), 1466 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1467 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1468 } 1469 } 1470 1471 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1472 return ExprError(); 1473 1474 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1475 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1476 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1477 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1478 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1479 } 1480 1481 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1482 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1483 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1484 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1485 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1486 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1487 } 1488 1489 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1490 1491 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1492 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1493 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1494 ArraySize = result.get(); 1495 } 1496 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1497 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1498 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1499 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1500 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1501 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1502 // std::size_t. 1503 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1504 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1505 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1506 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1507 1508 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1509 AA_Converting); 1510 1511 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1512 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1513 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1514 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1515 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1516 } else { 1517 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1518 protected: 1519 Expr *ArraySize; 1520 1521 public: 1522 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1523 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1524 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1525 1526 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1527 QualType T) override { 1528 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1529 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1530 } 1531 1532 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1533 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1534 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1535 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1536 } 1537 1538 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1539 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1540 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1541 } 1542 1543 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1544 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1545 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1546 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1547 } 1548 1549 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1550 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1551 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1552 } 1553 1554 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1555 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1556 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1557 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1558 } 1559 1560 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1561 QualType T, 1562 QualType ConvTy) override { 1563 return S.Diag(Loc, 1564 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1565 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1566 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1567 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1568 } 1569 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1570 1571 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1572 SizeDiagnoser); 1573 } 1574 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1575 return ExprError(); 1576 1577 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1578 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1579 1580 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1581 return ExprError(); 1582 1583 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1584 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1585 // with a non-negative value. 1586 // 1587 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of 1588 // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized 1589 // array type. 1590 // 1591 // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws 1592 // std::bad_array_new_length. 1593 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1594 llvm::APSInt Value; 1595 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1596 // unscoped enumeration type. 1597 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1598 if (Value < llvm::APSInt( 1599 llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()), 1600 Value.isUnsigned())) { 1601 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1602 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1603 diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size) 1604 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1605 else 1606 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1607 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1608 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1609 } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1610 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1611 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1612 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 1613 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1614 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1615 diag::warn_array_new_too_large) 1616 << Value.toString(10) 1617 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1618 else 1619 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1620 diag::err_array_too_large) 1621 << Value.toString(10) 1622 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1623 } 1624 } 1625 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1626 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1627 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1628 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1629 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1630 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1631 1632 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1633 } 1634 } 1635 1636 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1637 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1638 } 1639 1640 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1641 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1642 1643 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1644 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1645 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1646 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1647 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs, 1648 OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1649 return ExprError(); 1650 1651 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1652 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1653 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1654 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1655 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize 1656 = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1657 1658 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1659 if (OperatorNew) { 1660 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1661 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1662 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1663 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1664 1665 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1666 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1667 // argument. 1668 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1, 1669 PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1670 return ExprError(); 1671 1672 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1673 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1674 1675 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1676 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1677 1678 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1679 } 1680 1681 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator 1682 // new. 1683 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew && 1684 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1685 (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() && 1686 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) { 1687 if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){ 1688 unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign(); 1689 if (Align > SuitableAlign) 1690 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1691 << AllocType 1692 << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth()) 1693 << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth()); 1694 } 1695 } 1696 1697 QualType InitType = AllocType; 1698 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1699 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1700 // dialect distinction. 1701 if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) { 1702 if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1703 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1704 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1705 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1706 return ExprError(); 1707 } 1708 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1709 // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type 1710 // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check 1711 // default-initialization). 1712 unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1; 1713 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType, 1714 llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements), 1715 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1716 } 1717 } 1718 1719 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1720 // do it now. 1721 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1722 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1723 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1724 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1725 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1726 // object as follows: 1727 InitializationKind Kind 1728 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1729 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1730 // the object has indeterminate value 1731 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1732 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1733 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1734 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1735 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1736 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1737 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1738 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1739 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1740 1741 InitializedEntity Entity 1742 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1743 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1744 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1745 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1746 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1747 return ExprError(); 1748 1749 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1750 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1751 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1752 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1753 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1754 1755 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1756 } 1757 1758 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1759 if (OperatorNew) { 1760 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1761 return ExprError(); 1762 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1763 } 1764 if (OperatorDelete) { 1765 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 1766 return ExprError(); 1767 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 1768 } 1769 1770 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 1771 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 1772 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 1773 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1774 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 1775 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1776 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 1777 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 1778 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 1779 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 1780 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 1781 << BaseAllocType); 1782 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 1783 return ExprError(); 1784 } 1785 } 1786 } 1787 1788 return new (Context) 1789 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, 1790 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 1791 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 1792 Range, DirectInitRange); 1793 } 1794 1795 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 1796 /// in a new-expression. 1797 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 1798 SourceRange R) { 1799 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 1800 // abstract class type or array thereof. 1801 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 1802 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1803 << AllocType << 0 << R; 1804 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 1805 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1806 << AllocType << 1 << R; 1807 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1808 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 1809 return true; 1810 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 1811 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1812 return true; 1813 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 1814 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 1815 << AllocType; 1816 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 1817 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 1818 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 1819 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 1820 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 1821 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 1822 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1823 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 1824 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 1825 << BaseAllocType; 1826 } 1827 } 1828 1829 return false; 1830 } 1831 1832 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1833 /// deallocation function. 1834 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1835 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1836 return false; 1837 1838 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1839 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1840 1841 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1842 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1843 return false; 1844 1845 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1) 1846 return true; 1847 1848 return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 && 1849 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(), 1850 S.Context.getSizeType()); 1851 } 1852 1853 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 1854 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 1855 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1856 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 1857 bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 1858 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 1859 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 1860 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 1861 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 1862 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 1863 // in the scope of the allocated class. 1864 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 1865 // operator new. 1866 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 1867 // placement form. 1868 1869 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size()); 1870 // We don't care about the actual value of this argument. 1871 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 1872 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 1873 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 1874 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 1875 Context.getSizeType(), 1876 SourceLocation()); 1877 AllocArgs[0] = &Size; 1878 std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1); 1879 1880 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 1881 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 1882 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 1883 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 1884 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 1885 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 1886 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1887 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 1888 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1889 IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 1890 1891 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1892 1893 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1894 CXXRecordDecl *Record 1895 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1896 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record, 1897 /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew)) 1898 return true; 1899 } 1900 1901 if (!OperatorNew) { 1902 // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one. 1903 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1904 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1905 bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat; 1906 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1907 /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew, 1908 /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) { 1909 if (!FallbackEnabled) 1910 return true; 1911 1912 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 1913 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 1914 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 1915 // will not replicate that bug. 1916 NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New); 1917 DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 1918 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1919 /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew)) 1920 return true; 1921 } 1922 } 1923 1924 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under 1925 // -fno-exceptions. 1926 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 1927 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1928 return false; 1929 } 1930 1931 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 1932 // 1933 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 1934 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 1935 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 1936 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 1937 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 1938 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 1939 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 1940 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1941 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1942 CXXRecordDecl *RD 1943 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1944 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 1945 } 1946 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 1947 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 1948 1949 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 1950 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1951 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 1952 } 1953 1954 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 1955 1956 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 1957 1958 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 1959 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 1960 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 1961 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 1962 // A *a = new A() 1963 bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1); 1964 1965 if (isPlacementNew) { 1966 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1967 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 1968 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 1969 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 1970 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 1971 // identical. [...] 1972 // 1973 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 1974 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 1975 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 1976 // 1977 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like. 1978 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 1979 { 1980 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 1981 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1982 1983 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 1984 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 1985 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 1986 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 1987 1988 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 1989 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 1990 1991 ExpectedFunctionType 1992 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 1993 } 1994 1995 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 1996 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 1997 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1998 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 1999 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl 2000 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 2001 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 2002 // expected function type. 2003 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 2004 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 2005 Info)) 2006 continue; 2007 } else 2008 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2009 2010 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType)) 2011 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2012 } 2013 } else { 2014 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2015 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 2016 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 2017 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2018 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2019 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2020 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) 2021 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 2022 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2023 } 2024 2025 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 2026 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 2027 // function lookup is used 2028 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 2029 // If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation 2030 // function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation 2031 // function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the 2032 // selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters. 2033 // Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function 2034 // with one parameter. 2035 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 2036 if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1) 2037 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 2038 else 2039 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 2040 assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 && 2041 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 2042 } 2043 } 2044 2045 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2046 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 2047 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 2048 // deallocation function will be called. 2049 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2050 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 2051 2052 // C++0x [expr.new]p20: 2053 // If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual 2054 // deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered 2055 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 2056 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 2057 // is ill-formed. 2058 if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 2059 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 2060 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) 2061 << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 2062 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 2063 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 2064 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 2065 << DeleteName; 2066 } else { 2067 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 2068 Matches[0].first); 2069 } 2070 } 2071 2072 return false; 2073 } 2074 2075 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function 2076 /// in the specified scope. 2077 /// 2078 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token. 2079 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments. 2080 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]'). 2081 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified. 2082 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the 2083 /// translation unit. 2084 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any 2085 /// allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p 2086 /// Operator. 2087 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if 2088 /// no allocation function was found. 2089 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not 2090 /// usable. 2091 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 2092 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 2093 DeclContext *Ctx, 2094 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 2095 bool Diagnose) { 2096 LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2097 LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx); 2098 if (R.empty()) { 2099 if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose) 2100 return false; 2101 return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2102 << Name << Range; 2103 } 2104 2105 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 2106 return true; 2107 2108 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 2109 2110 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 2111 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2112 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2113 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 2114 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 2115 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2116 2117 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 2118 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 2119 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, 2120 Args, Candidates, 2121 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2122 continue; 2123 } 2124 2125 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 2126 AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 2127 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2128 } 2129 2130 // Do the resolution. 2131 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 2132 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) { 2133 case OR_Success: { 2134 // Got one! 2135 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 2136 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), 2137 Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2138 return true; 2139 2140 Operator = FnDecl; 2141 return false; 2142 } 2143 2144 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2145 if (Diagnose) { 2146 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2147 << Name << Range; 2148 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2149 } 2150 return true; 2151 2152 case OR_Ambiguous: 2153 if (Diagnose) { 2154 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2155 << Name << Range; 2156 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2157 } 2158 return true; 2159 2160 case OR_Deleted: { 2161 if (Diagnose) { 2162 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2163 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2164 << Name 2165 << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2166 << Range; 2167 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2168 } 2169 return true; 2170 } 2171 } 2172 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2173 } 2174 2175 2176 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2177 /// delete. These are: 2178 /// @code 2179 /// // C++03: 2180 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2181 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2182 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2183 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2184 /// // C++11: 2185 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2186 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2187 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2188 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2189 /// // C++1y: 2190 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2191 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2192 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2193 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2194 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2195 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2196 /// @endcode 2197 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2198 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2199 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2200 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2201 return; 2202 2203 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2204 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2205 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2206 // program 2207 // 2208 // C++03: 2209 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2210 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2211 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2212 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2213 // C++11: 2214 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2215 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2216 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2217 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2218 // C++1y: 2219 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2220 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2221 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2222 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2223 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2224 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2225 // 2226 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2227 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2228 // 2229 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2230 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2231 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2232 // lookup. 2233 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2234 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2235 // implicitly. 2236 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2237 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2238 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2239 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2240 nullptr); 2241 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2242 } 2243 2244 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2245 2246 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2247 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2248 bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew; 2249 2250 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2251 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New), 2252 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew); 2253 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2254 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New), 2255 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew); 2256 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2257 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2258 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2259 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2260 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2261 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2262 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) { 2263 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2264 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2265 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2266 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2267 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2268 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2269 } 2270 } 2271 2272 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2273 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2274 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2275 QualType Return, 2276 QualType Param1, QualType Param2, 2277 bool AddRestrictAttr) { 2278 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2279 unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2; 2280 2281 // Check if this function is already declared. 2282 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2283 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2284 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2285 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2286 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2287 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2288 if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) { 2289 QualType InitialParam1Type = 2290 Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0) 2291 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); 2292 QualType InitialParam2Type = 2293 NumParams == 2 2294 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1) 2295 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) 2296 : QualType(); 2297 // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here? 2298 if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 && 2299 (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) { 2300 if (AddRestrictAttr && !Func->hasAttr<RestrictAttr>()) 2301 Func->addAttr(RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit( 2302 Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc)); 2303 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2304 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2305 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2306 Func->setHidden(false); 2307 return; 2308 } 2309 } 2310 } 2311 } 2312 2313 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2314 2315 QualType BadAllocType; 2316 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2317 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2318 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2319 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2320 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2321 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2322 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2323 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2324 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2325 } 2326 } else { 2327 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2328 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2329 } 2330 2331 QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 }; 2332 2333 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType( 2334 Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI); 2335 FunctionDecl *Alloc = 2336 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), 2337 SourceLocation(), Name, 2338 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2339 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2340 2341 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2342 Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 2343 VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2344 2345 if (AddRestrictAttr) 2346 Alloc->addAttr( 2347 RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc)); 2348 2349 ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2]; 2350 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { 2351 ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), 2352 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2353 Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2354 SC_None, nullptr); 2355 ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit(); 2356 } 2357 Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams)); 2358 2359 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2360 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2361 } 2362 2363 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2364 bool CanProvideSize, 2365 DeclarationName Name) { 2366 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2367 2368 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2369 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2370 2371 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2372 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 2373 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 2374 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches; 2375 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2376 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2377 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2378 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D)) 2379 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 2380 Matches.push_back(Fn); 2381 } 2382 2383 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 2384 // If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a 2385 // usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual 2386 // deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size 2387 // parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one 2388 // with two parameters. Otherwise, the selected deallocation function 2389 // shall be the function with one parameter. 2390 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 2391 unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1; 2392 if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs) 2393 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 2394 else 2395 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 2396 assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs && 2397 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 2398 } 2399 2400 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads) 2401 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2402 2403 assert(Matches.size() == 1 && 2404 "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions"); 2405 return Matches.front(); 2406 } 2407 2408 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2409 DeclarationName Name, 2410 FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2411 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2412 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2413 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2414 2415 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2416 return true; 2417 2418 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2419 2420 SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches; 2421 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2422 F != FEnd; ++F) { 2423 NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2424 2425 // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual 2426 // deallocation function. 2427 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 2428 continue; 2429 2430 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) 2431 Matches.push_back(F.getPair()); 2432 } 2433 2434 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads) 2435 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2436 2437 // There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it. 2438 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2439 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2440 2441 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2442 if (Diagnose) { 2443 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2444 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2445 } 2446 return true; 2447 } 2448 2449 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2450 Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2451 return true; 2452 2453 return false; 2454 2455 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2456 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2457 if (Diagnose) { 2458 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2459 << Name << RD; 2460 2461 for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator 2462 F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F) 2463 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2464 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2465 } 2466 return true; 2467 } 2468 2469 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2470 // none of them were suitable. 2471 if (!Found.empty()) { 2472 if (Diagnose) { 2473 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2474 << Name << RD; 2475 2476 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2477 F != FEnd; ++F) 2478 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2479 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2480 } 2481 return true; 2482 } 2483 2484 Operator = nullptr; 2485 return false; 2486 } 2487 2488 namespace { 2489 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2490 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2491 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2492 public: 2493 enum MismatchResult { 2494 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2495 NoMismatch, 2496 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2497 VarInitMismatches, 2498 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2499 MemberInitMismatches, 2500 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2501 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2502 AnalyzeLater 2503 }; 2504 2505 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2506 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2507 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2508 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2509 : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2510 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2511 2512 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2513 /// matching form of new-expression. 2514 /// 2515 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2516 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2517 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2518 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2519 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2520 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2521 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2522 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2523 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2524 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2525 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2526 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2527 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2528 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2529 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2530 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2531 bool IsArrayForm; 2532 FieldDecl *Field; 2533 2534 private: 2535 const bool EndOfTU; 2536 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2537 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2538 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2539 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2540 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2541 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2542 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2543 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2544 /// 2545 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2546 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2547 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2548 /// \c NoMismatch. 2549 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2550 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2551 /// \c new. 2552 /// 2553 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2554 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2555 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2556 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2557 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2558 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2559 /// form of \c new. 2560 /// 2561 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2562 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2563 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2564 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2565 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2566 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2567 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2568 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2569 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2570 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2571 /// in-class initializer. 2572 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2573 }; 2574 } 2575 2576 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2577 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2578 NewExprs.clear(); 2579 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2580 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2581 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2582 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2583 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2584 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2585 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2586 return VarInitMismatches; 2587 } 2588 return NoMismatch; 2589 } 2590 2591 const CXXNewExpr * 2592 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2593 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2594 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2595 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2596 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2597 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2598 } 2599 2600 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2601 } 2602 2603 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2604 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2605 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2606 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2607 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2608 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2609 return true; 2610 else 2611 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2612 } 2613 return false; 2614 } 2615 2616 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2617 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2618 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2619 return false; 2620 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2621 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2622 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2623 return EndOfTU; 2624 } 2625 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2626 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2627 return true; 2628 } 2629 return false; 2630 } 2631 2632 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2633 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2634 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2635 const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer(); 2636 if (!InitExpr) 2637 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2638 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) { 2639 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2640 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2641 return MemberInitMismatches; 2642 } 2643 } 2644 return NoMismatch; 2645 } 2646 2647 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2648 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2649 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2650 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2651 this->Field = Field; 2652 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2653 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2654 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2655 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2656 return NoMismatch; 2657 } 2658 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2659 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2660 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2661 return MemberInitMismatches; 2662 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2663 : NoMismatch; 2664 } 2665 2666 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2667 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2668 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2669 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2670 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2671 return NoMismatch; 2672 } 2673 2674 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2675 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2676 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2677 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2678 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2679 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2680 } 2681 } 2682 return NewExprs.empty(); 2683 } 2684 2685 static void 2686 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2687 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2688 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2689 FixItHint H; 2690 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2691 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2692 else { 2693 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2694 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2695 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2696 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2697 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2698 } 2699 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2700 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2701 2702 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2703 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2704 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2705 } 2706 2707 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2708 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2709 return; 2710 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2711 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2712 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2713 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2714 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 2715 break; 2716 } 2717 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 2718 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 2719 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 2720 break; 2721 } 2722 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2723 break; 2724 } 2725 } 2726 2727 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2728 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2729 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 2730 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 2731 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2732 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 2733 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 2734 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 2735 "translation unit."); 2736 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 2737 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 2738 break; 2739 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2740 break; 2741 } 2742 } 2743 2744 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 2745 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 2746 /// or 2747 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 2748 ExprResult 2749 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 2750 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 2751 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 2752 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 2753 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 2754 // void. 2755 // 2756 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 2757 2758 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 2759 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2760 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 2761 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 2762 2763 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 2764 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 2765 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 2766 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2767 return ExprError(); 2768 2769 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2770 2771 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2772 public: 2773 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 2774 2775 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 2776 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 2777 // the operator T*. 2778 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2779 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 2780 return true; 2781 return false; 2782 } 2783 2784 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2785 QualType T) override { 2786 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 2787 } 2788 2789 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2790 QualType T) override { 2791 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 2792 } 2793 2794 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2795 QualType T, 2796 QualType ConvTy) override { 2797 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 2798 } 2799 2800 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2801 QualType ConvTy) override { 2802 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2803 << ConvTy; 2804 } 2805 2806 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2807 QualType T) override { 2808 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 2809 } 2810 2811 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2812 QualType ConvTy) override { 2813 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2814 << ConvTy; 2815 } 2816 2817 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2818 QualType T, 2819 QualType ConvTy) override { 2820 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 2821 } 2822 } Converter; 2823 2824 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 2825 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2826 return ExprError(); 2827 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2828 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 2829 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 2830 // itself in this case. 2831 return ExprError(); 2832 2833 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2834 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 2835 2836 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 2837 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 2838 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 2839 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2840 2841 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 2842 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 2843 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 2844 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 2845 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 2846 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 2847 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 2848 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 2849 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 2850 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 2851 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 2852 // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a 2853 // module but is hidden. 2854 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 2855 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 2856 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 2857 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 2858 } 2859 } 2860 2861 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 2862 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 2863 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 2864 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 2865 ArrayForm = true; 2866 } 2867 2868 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2869 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 2870 2871 if (PointeeRD) { 2872 if (!UseGlobal && 2873 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 2874 OperatorDelete)) 2875 return ExprError(); 2876 2877 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 2878 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 2879 if (ArrayForm) { 2880 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 2881 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 2882 if (UseGlobal) 2883 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 2884 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 2885 2886 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 2887 // function we just found. 2888 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 2889 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2); 2890 } 2891 2892 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 2893 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2894 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 2895 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 2896 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 2897 return ExprError(); 2898 } 2899 2900 CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc, 2901 /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true, 2902 /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm, 2903 SourceLocation()); 2904 } 2905 2906 if (!OperatorDelete) 2907 // Look for a global declaration. 2908 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2909 StartLoc, isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee) && 2910 (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 2911 Pointee.isDestructedType()), 2912 DeleteName); 2913 2914 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 2915 2916 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 2917 if (PointeeRD) { 2918 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2919 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 2920 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 2921 } 2922 } 2923 } 2924 2925 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 2926 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 2927 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 2928 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 2929 return Result; 2930 } 2931 2932 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, 2933 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, 2934 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, 2935 SourceLocation DtorLoc) { 2936 if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual) 2937 return; 2938 2939 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 2940 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 2941 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 2942 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 2943 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 2944 // behavior is undefined. 2945 // 2946 const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent(); 2947 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 2948 if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) 2949 return; 2950 2951 QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType(); 2952 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 2953 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 2954 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 2955 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 2956 << ClassType; 2957 } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) { 2958 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 2959 // but not necessarily wrong. 2960 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 2961 << ClassType; 2962 } 2963 if (!IsDelete) { 2964 std::string TypeStr; 2965 ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy()); 2966 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual) 2967 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::"); 2968 } 2969 } 2970 2971 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 2972 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 2973 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 2974 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2975 bool ConvertToBoolean) { 2976 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 2977 return ExprError(); 2978 2979 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 2980 2981 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 2982 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 2983 if (T->isFunctionType()) 2984 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2985 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 2986 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2987 else if (T->isArrayType()) 2988 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2989 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 2990 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2991 2992 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 2993 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 2994 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2995 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 2996 2997 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 2998 2999 if (ConvertToBoolean) { 3000 Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc); 3001 if (Condition.isInvalid()) 3002 return ExprError(); 3003 } 3004 3005 return Condition; 3006 } 3007 3008 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 3009 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) { 3010 // C++ 6.4p4: 3011 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 3012 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 3013 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 3014 // program is ill-formed. 3015 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 3016 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 3017 // 3018 return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 3019 } 3020 3021 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 3022 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 3023 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 3024 /// respectively). 3025 bool 3026 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 3027 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 3028 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 3029 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 3030 3031 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 3032 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 3033 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 3034 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 3035 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 3036 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3037 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 3038 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3039 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 3040 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 3041 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 3042 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 3043 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 3044 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 3045 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 3046 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 3047 break; 3048 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 3049 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 3050 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 3051 case StringLiteral::Wide: 3052 return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType(); 3053 } 3054 } 3055 } 3056 3057 return false; 3058 } 3059 3060 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 3061 SourceLocation CastLoc, 3062 QualType Ty, 3063 CastKind Kind, 3064 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 3065 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 3066 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3067 Expr *From) { 3068 switch (Kind) { 3069 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 3070 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 3071 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 3072 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3073 3074 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 3075 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 3076 return ExprError(); 3077 3078 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 3079 return ExprError(); 3080 3081 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, 3082 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty), 3083 Constructor->getAccess()); 3084 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3085 return ExprError(); 3086 3087 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3088 CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 3089 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 3090 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3091 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3092 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3093 return ExprError(); 3094 3095 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 3096 } 3097 3098 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 3099 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 3100 3101 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 3102 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3103 return ExprError(); 3104 3105 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 3106 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 3107 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 3108 HadMultipleCandidates); 3109 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3110 return ExprError(); 3111 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 3112 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 3113 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 3114 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 3115 3116 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 3117 } 3118 } 3119 } 3120 3121 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3122 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 3123 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 3124 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 3125 /// used in the error message. 3126 ExprResult 3127 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3128 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 3129 AssignmentAction Action, 3130 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3131 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 3132 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 3133 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 3134 Action, CCK); 3135 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3136 return ExprError(); 3137 From = Res.get(); 3138 break; 3139 } 3140 3141 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 3142 3143 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 3144 CastKind CastKind; 3145 QualType BeforeToType; 3146 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 3147 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 3148 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 3149 3150 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 3151 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3152 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 3153 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 3154 } else { 3155 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 3156 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 3157 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 3158 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3159 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 3160 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3161 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 3162 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 3163 } 3164 } 3165 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 3166 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3167 ExprResult Res = 3168 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3169 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3170 CCK); 3171 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3172 return ExprError(); 3173 From = Res.get(); 3174 } 3175 3176 ExprResult CastArg 3177 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3178 From->getLocStart(), 3179 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3180 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3181 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3182 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3183 From); 3184 3185 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3186 return ExprError(); 3187 3188 From = CastArg.get(); 3189 3190 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3191 AA_Converting, CCK); 3192 } 3193 3194 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3195 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3196 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3197 << From->getSourceRange()); 3198 return ExprError(); 3199 3200 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3201 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3202 3203 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3204 return ExprError(); 3205 } 3206 3207 // Everything went well. 3208 return From; 3209 } 3210 3211 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3212 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3213 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3214 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3215 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3216 ExprResult 3217 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3218 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3219 AssignmentAction Action, 3220 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3221 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3222 3223 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3224 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3225 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3226 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3227 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3228 3229 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3230 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3231 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3232 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3233 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3234 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3235 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3236 ConstructorArgs)) 3237 return ExprError(); 3238 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3239 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3240 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3241 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3242 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3243 } 3244 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3245 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3246 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3247 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3248 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3249 } 3250 3251 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3252 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3253 DeclAccessPair Found; 3254 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3255 true, Found); 3256 if (!Fn) 3257 return ExprError(); 3258 3259 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3260 return ExprError(); 3261 3262 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3263 FromType = From->getType(); 3264 } 3265 3266 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3267 // non-atomic type. 3268 QualType ToAtomicType; 3269 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3270 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3271 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3272 } 3273 3274 QualType InitialFromType = FromType; 3275 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3276 switch (SCS.First) { 3277 case ICK_Identity: 3278 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3279 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3280 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3281 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3282 } 3283 break; 3284 3285 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3286 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3287 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3288 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3289 From = FromRes.get(); 3290 FromType = From->getType(); 3291 break; 3292 } 3293 3294 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3295 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3296 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3297 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3298 break; 3299 3300 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3301 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3302 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3303 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3304 break; 3305 3306 default: 3307 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3308 } 3309 3310 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3311 switch (SCS.Second) { 3312 case ICK_Identity: 3313 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3314 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3315 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3316 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3317 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3318 switch (Action) { 3319 case AA_Assigning: 3320 case AA_Initializing: 3321 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3322 case AA_Passing: 3323 case AA_Returning: 3324 case AA_Sending: 3325 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3326 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3327 return ExprError(); 3328 break; 3329 3330 case AA_Casting: 3331 case AA_Converting: 3332 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3333 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3334 break; 3335 } 3336 // Nothing else to do. 3337 break; 3338 3339 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment: 3340 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3341 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3342 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3343 return ExprError(); 3344 3345 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3346 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3347 break; 3348 3349 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3350 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3351 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3352 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3353 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3354 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3355 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3356 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3357 } else { 3358 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3359 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3360 } 3361 break; 3362 3363 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3364 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3365 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3366 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3367 break; 3368 3369 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3370 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3371 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3372 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3373 CastKind CK; 3374 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3375 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3376 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3377 else 3378 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3379 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3380 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3381 } else { 3382 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3383 } 3384 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3385 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3386 break; 3387 } 3388 3389 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3390 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3391 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3392 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3393 else 3394 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3395 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3396 break; 3397 3398 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3399 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3400 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3401 break; 3402 3403 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3404 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3405 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3406 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3407 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3408 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3409 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3410 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3411 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3412 else 3413 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3414 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3415 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3416 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3417 3418 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3419 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3420 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3421 } 3422 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3423 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3424 From->getType())) { 3425 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3426 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3427 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3428 else 3429 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3430 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3431 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3432 << From->getSourceRange(); 3433 } 3434 3435 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3436 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3437 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3438 return ExprError(); 3439 3440 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3441 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3442 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3443 ExprResult E = From; 3444 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3445 From = E.get(); 3446 } 3447 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3448 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3449 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3450 .get(); 3451 break; 3452 } 3453 3454 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3455 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3456 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3457 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3458 return ExprError(); 3459 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3460 return ExprError(); 3461 3462 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3463 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3464 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3465 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType()); 3466 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType); 3467 } 3468 3469 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3470 .get(); 3471 break; 3472 } 3473 3474 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3475 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3476 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3477 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3478 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3479 } 3480 3481 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3482 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3483 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3484 break; 3485 3486 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3487 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3488 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3489 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3490 From->getLocStart(), 3491 From->getSourceRange(), 3492 &BasePath, 3493 CStyle)) 3494 return ExprError(); 3495 3496 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3497 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3498 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3499 break; 3500 } 3501 3502 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3503 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3504 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3505 break; 3506 3507 case ICK_Vector_Splat: { 3508 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3509 Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get(); 3510 From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue, 3511 /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3512 break; 3513 } 3514 3515 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3516 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3517 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3518 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3519 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3520 3521 // x -> y 3522 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3523 // do nothing 3524 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3525 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3526 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3527 } else { 3528 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3529 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3530 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3531 } 3532 // y -> _Complex y 3533 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3534 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3535 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3536 3537 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3538 } else { 3539 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3540 assert(FromComplex); 3541 3542 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3543 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3544 3545 // _Complex x -> x 3546 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3547 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3548 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3549 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3550 3551 // x -> y 3552 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3553 // do nothing 3554 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3555 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3556 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3557 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3558 } else { 3559 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3560 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3561 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3562 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3563 } 3564 } 3565 break; 3566 3567 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3568 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3569 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3570 break; 3571 } 3572 3573 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3574 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3575 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3576 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3577 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3578 return ExprError(); 3579 From = FromRes.get(); 3580 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3581 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3582 (void)ConvTy; 3583 break; 3584 } 3585 3586 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3587 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3588 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3589 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3590 break; 3591 3592 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3593 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3594 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3595 case ICK_Qualification: 3596 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3597 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: 3598 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3599 } 3600 3601 switch (SCS.Third) { 3602 case ICK_Identity: 3603 // Nothing to do. 3604 break; 3605 3606 case ICK_Qualification: { 3607 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3608 // target type isn't a reference. 3609 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3610 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3611 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3612 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3613 3614 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3615 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3616 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3617 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3618 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3619 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3620 } 3621 3622 break; 3623 } 3624 3625 default: 3626 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3627 } 3628 3629 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3630 // that conversion now. 3631 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3632 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3633 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3634 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3635 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3636 } 3637 3638 // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a 3639 // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain. 3640 if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion) 3641 diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType, 3642 From->getLocStart()); 3643 3644 return From; 3645 } 3646 3647 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3648 /// 3649 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3650 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3651 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3652 /// returns true. 3653 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3654 SourceLocation Loc, 3655 QualType ArgTy) { 3656 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3657 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3658 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3659 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3660 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3661 // must be a complete type. 3662 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3663 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3664 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3665 switch (UTT) { 3666 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3667 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3668 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3669 // Fall-through 3670 3671 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3672 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 3673 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 3674 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 3675 case UTT_IsVoid: 3676 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3677 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3678 case UTT_IsArray: 3679 case UTT_IsPointer: 3680 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3681 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3682 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3683 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3684 case UTT_IsEnum: 3685 case UTT_IsUnion: 3686 case UTT_IsClass: 3687 case UTT_IsFunction: 3688 case UTT_IsReference: 3689 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3690 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3691 case UTT_IsObject: 3692 case UTT_IsScalar: 3693 case UTT_IsCompound: 3694 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3695 // Fall-through 3696 3697 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 3698 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 3699 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 3700 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 3701 // Table 49. 3702 case UTT_IsConst: 3703 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3704 case UTT_IsSigned: 3705 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3706 3707 // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot. 3708 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3709 return true; 3710 3711 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3712 // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type. 3713 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3714 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3715 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3716 if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3717 if (!RD->isUnion()) 3718 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3719 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3720 return true; 3721 3722 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3723 // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type. 3724 case UTT_IsFinal: 3725 case UTT_IsSealed: 3726 if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3727 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3728 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3729 return true; 3730 3731 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 3732 // applied to a complete type. 3733 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3734 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3735 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3736 case UTT_IsPOD: 3737 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3738 3739 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3740 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3741 // Fall-through 3742 3743 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 3744 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 3745 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 3746 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 3747 // requiring the complete type. 3748 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3749 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3750 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 3751 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3752 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3753 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3754 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3755 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3756 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3757 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3758 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 3759 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 3760 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 3761 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3762 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 3763 3764 // The void type is expressly allowed. 3765 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 3766 return true; 3767 3768 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3769 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3770 } 3771 } 3772 3773 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 3774 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 3775 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 3776 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 3777 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 3778 { 3779 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3780 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 3781 return true; 3782 3783 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 3784 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 3785 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 3786 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 3787 bool FoundOperator = false; 3788 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 3789 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 3790 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 3791 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 3792 continue; 3793 3794 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 3795 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 3796 FoundOperator = true; 3797 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 3798 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3799 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3800 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 3801 return false; 3802 } 3803 } 3804 return FoundOperator; 3805 } 3806 return false; 3807 } 3808 3809 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 3810 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 3811 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 3812 3813 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 3814 switch(UTT) { 3815 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3816 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 3817 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 3818 case UTT_IsVoid: 3819 return T->isVoidType(); 3820 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3821 return T->isIntegralType(C); 3822 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3823 return T->isFloatingType(); 3824 case UTT_IsArray: 3825 return T->isArrayType(); 3826 case UTT_IsPointer: 3827 return T->isPointerType(); 3828 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3829 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 3830 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3831 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 3832 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3833 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 3834 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3835 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 3836 case UTT_IsEnum: 3837 return T->isEnumeralType(); 3838 case UTT_IsUnion: 3839 return T->isUnionType(); 3840 case UTT_IsClass: 3841 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 3842 case UTT_IsFunction: 3843 return T->isFunctionType(); 3844 3845 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 3846 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 3847 case UTT_IsReference: 3848 return T->isReferenceType(); 3849 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3850 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 3851 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3852 return T->isFundamentalType(); 3853 case UTT_IsObject: 3854 return T->isObjectType(); 3855 case UTT_IsScalar: 3856 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 3857 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 3858 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 3859 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 3860 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 3861 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 3862 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 3863 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 3864 return true; 3865 3866 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 3867 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 3868 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 3869 return false; 3870 } 3871 } 3872 3873 return T->isScalarType(); 3874 case UTT_IsCompound: 3875 return T->isCompoundType(); 3876 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3877 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 3878 3879 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 3880 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 3881 case UTT_IsConst: 3882 return T.isConstQualified(); 3883 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3884 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 3885 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3886 return T.isTrivialType(C); 3887 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3888 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 3889 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3890 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 3891 case UTT_IsPOD: 3892 return T.isPODType(C); 3893 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3894 return T->isLiteralType(C); 3895 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3896 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3897 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 3898 return false; 3899 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3900 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3901 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic(); 3902 return false; 3903 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3904 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3905 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract(); 3906 return false; 3907 // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and 3908 // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax 3909 // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot. 3910 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3911 return false; 3912 case UTT_IsFinal: 3913 case UTT_IsSealed: 3914 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3915 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 3916 return false; 3917 case UTT_IsSigned: 3918 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 3919 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3920 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3921 3922 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 3923 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 3924 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 3925 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 3926 // specifications. 3927 // 3928 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3929 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 3930 // 3931 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 3932 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 3933 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 3934 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 3935 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 3936 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 3937 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3938 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3939 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 3940 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 3941 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 3942 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3943 return true; 3944 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3945 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 3946 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 3947 return false; 3948 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3949 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3950 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 3951 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 3952 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3953 return true; 3954 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3955 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 3956 return false; 3957 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3958 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3959 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 3960 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 3961 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 3962 // is true, else it is false. 3963 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 3964 return true; 3965 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3966 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 3967 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 3968 return false; 3969 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3970 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3971 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 3972 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 3973 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3974 return true; 3975 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3976 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 3977 return false; 3978 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3979 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3980 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 3981 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 3982 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 3983 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 3984 // true, else it is false. 3985 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 3986 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 3987 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 3988 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 3989 // [class.copy]p12). 3990 3991 if (T.isConstQualified()) 3992 return false; 3993 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3994 return true; 3995 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3996 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 3997 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 3998 return false; 3999 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4000 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4001 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4002 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 4003 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4004 return true; 4005 4006 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4007 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4008 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4009 return true; 4010 4011 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4012 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 4013 // false. 4014 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4015 return false; 4016 4017 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4018 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 4019 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 4020 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 4021 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4022 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 4023 if (!Destructor) 4024 return false; 4025 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 4026 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 4027 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 4028 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 4029 return false; 4030 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 4031 return false; 4032 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 4033 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4034 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4035 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4036 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4037 return false; 4038 } 4039 } 4040 return true; 4041 4042 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4043 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4044 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 4045 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 4046 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 4047 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 4048 // false. 4049 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4050 return true; 4051 4052 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4053 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4054 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4055 return true; 4056 4057 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4058 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 4059 return false; 4060 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 4061 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4062 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4063 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4064 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 4065 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 4066 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 4067 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4068 // false. 4069 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 4070 return false; 4071 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4072 return false; 4073 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4074 return true; 4075 4076 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 4077 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4078 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 4079 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 4080 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 4081 return false; 4082 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4083 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4084 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4085 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 4086 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4087 return true; 4088 4089 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 4090 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4091 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 4092 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 4093 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 4094 return false; 4095 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4096 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4097 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 4098 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 4099 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4100 // false. 4101 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4102 return true; 4103 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4104 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4105 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 4106 return true; 4107 4108 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4109 unsigned FoundTQs; 4110 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4111 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 4112 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 4113 // resolution point. 4114 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 4115 continue; 4116 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 4117 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 4118 FoundConstructor = true; 4119 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4120 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4121 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4122 if (!CPT) 4123 return false; 4124 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4125 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4126 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 4127 return false; 4128 } 4129 } 4130 4131 return FoundConstructor; 4132 } 4133 return false; 4134 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4135 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4136 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 4137 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 4138 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 4139 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 4140 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4141 return true; 4142 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4143 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4144 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 4145 return true; 4146 4147 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4148 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4149 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 4150 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 4151 continue; 4152 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 4153 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 4154 FoundConstructor = true; 4155 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4156 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4157 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4158 if (!CPT) 4159 return false; 4160 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4161 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4162 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 4163 return false; 4164 } 4165 } 4166 return FoundConstructor; 4167 } 4168 return false; 4169 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4170 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4171 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 4172 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 4173 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4174 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 4175 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 4176 return false; 4177 4178 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 4179 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 4180 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4181 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4182 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 4183 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4184 // function call. 4185 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4186 } 4187 } 4188 4189 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 4190 /// ARC mode. 4191 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 4192 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4193 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4194 return false; 4195 4196 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4197 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4198 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4199 return true; 4200 4201 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4202 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 4203 } 4204 4205 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 4206 } 4207 4208 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4209 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4210 4211 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4212 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4213 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4214 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4215 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4216 4217 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4218 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4219 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4220 4221 switch (Kind) { 4222 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4223 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4224 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4225 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4226 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4227 // 4228 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4229 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4230 // no operation that is not trivial. 4231 // 4232 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4233 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4234 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4235 // variable t: 4236 // 4237 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4238 assert(!Args.empty()); 4239 4240 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4241 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4242 // unknown bound. 4243 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4244 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4245 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4246 continue; 4247 4248 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4249 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4250 return false; 4251 } 4252 4253 // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type. 4254 QualType T = Args[0]->getType(); 4255 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4256 return false; 4257 4258 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4259 CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4260 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4261 return false; 4262 4263 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4264 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4265 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4266 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4267 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); 4268 if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType()) 4269 ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); 4270 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4271 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4272 ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4273 Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy))); 4274 } 4275 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4276 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4277 4278 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4279 // trap at translation unit scope. 4280 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4281 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4282 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4283 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4284 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4285 RParenLoc)); 4286 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4287 if (Init.Failed()) 4288 return false; 4289 4290 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4291 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4292 return false; 4293 4294 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4295 return true; 4296 4297 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4298 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4299 4300 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4301 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4302 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4303 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4304 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType())) 4305 return false; 4306 4307 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4308 // calls. 4309 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4310 } 4311 4312 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4313 return false; 4314 } 4315 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4316 } 4317 4318 return false; 4319 } 4320 4321 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4322 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4323 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4324 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4325 4326 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4327 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4328 return ExprError(); 4329 4330 bool Dependent = false; 4331 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4332 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4333 Dependent = true; 4334 break; 4335 } 4336 } 4337 4338 bool Result = false; 4339 if (!Dependent) 4340 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4341 4342 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4343 RParenLoc, Result); 4344 } 4345 4346 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4347 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4348 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4349 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4350 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4351 4352 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4353 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4354 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4355 if (!TInfo) 4356 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4357 4358 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4359 } 4360 4361 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4362 } 4363 4364 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4365 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4366 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4367 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4368 4369 switch(BTT) { 4370 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4371 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4372 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4373 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4374 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4375 4376 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4377 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4378 4379 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4380 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4381 4382 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4383 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4384 4385 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4386 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4387 4388 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4389 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4390 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4391 // complete type. 4392 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4393 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4394 return false; 4395 4396 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4397 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4398 } 4399 case BTT_IsSame: 4400 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4401 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4402 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4403 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4404 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4405 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4406 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4407 // Given the following function prototype: 4408 // 4409 // template <class T> 4410 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4411 // 4412 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4413 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4414 // the return expression in the following code would be 4415 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4416 // type of the function: 4417 // 4418 // To test() { 4419 // return create<From>(); 4420 // } 4421 // 4422 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4423 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4424 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4425 // is considered. 4426 // 4427 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4428 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4429 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4430 4431 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4432 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4433 return false; 4434 4435 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4436 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4437 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4438 4439 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4440 if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT)) 4441 return false; 4442 4443 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4444 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4445 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4446 4447 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4448 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4449 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4450 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4451 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4452 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4453 SourceLocation())); 4454 4455 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4456 // trap at translation unit scope. 4457 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4458 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4459 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4460 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4461 if (Init.Failed()) 4462 return false; 4463 4464 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4465 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4466 } 4467 4468 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4469 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4470 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4471 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4472 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4473 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4474 // 4475 // is_assignable is defined as: 4476 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4477 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4478 // 4479 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4480 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4481 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4482 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4483 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4484 return false; 4485 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4486 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4487 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4488 return false; 4489 4490 // cv void is never assignable. 4491 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4492 return false; 4493 4494 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4495 // declval<U>(). 4496 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4497 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4498 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4499 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4500 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4501 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4502 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4503 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4504 4505 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4506 // trap at translation unit scope. 4507 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4508 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4509 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4510 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4511 &Rhs); 4512 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4513 return false; 4514 4515 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4516 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4517 4518 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4519 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4520 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4521 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4522 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4523 return false; 4524 4525 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4526 } 4527 4528 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4529 return false; 4530 } 4531 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4532 } 4533 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4534 } 4535 4536 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4537 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4538 ParsedType Ty, 4539 Expr* DimExpr, 4540 SourceLocation RParen) { 4541 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4542 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4543 if (!TSInfo) 4544 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4545 4546 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4547 } 4548 4549 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4550 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4551 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4552 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4553 4554 switch(ATT) { 4555 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4556 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4557 unsigned Dim = 0; 4558 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4559 ++Dim; 4560 T = AT->getElementType(); 4561 } 4562 return Dim; 4563 } 4564 return 0; 4565 4566 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4567 llvm::APSInt Value; 4568 uint64_t Dim; 4569 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4570 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4571 false).isInvalid()) 4572 return 0; 4573 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4574 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4575 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4576 return 0; 4577 } 4578 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4579 4580 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4581 unsigned D = 0; 4582 bool Matched = false; 4583 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4584 if (Dim == D) { 4585 Matched = true; 4586 break; 4587 } 4588 ++D; 4589 T = AT->getElementType(); 4590 } 4591 4592 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4593 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4594 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4595 } 4596 } 4597 return 0; 4598 } 4599 } 4600 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4601 } 4602 4603 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4604 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4605 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4606 Expr* DimExpr, 4607 SourceLocation RParen) { 4608 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4609 4610 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4611 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4612 uint64_t Value = 0; 4613 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4614 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4615 4616 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4617 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4618 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4619 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4620 // important distinction. 4621 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4622 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4623 } 4624 4625 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4626 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4627 Expr *Queried, 4628 SourceLocation RParen) { 4629 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4630 if (!Queried) 4631 return ExprError(); 4632 4633 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4634 4635 return Result; 4636 } 4637 4638 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4639 switch (ET) { 4640 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4641 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4642 } 4643 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4644 } 4645 4646 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4647 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4648 Expr *Queried, 4649 SourceLocation RParen) { 4650 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4651 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4652 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4653 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4654 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4655 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4656 } 4657 4658 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4659 4660 return new (Context) 4661 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4662 } 4663 4664 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4665 ExprValueKind &VK, 4666 SourceLocation Loc, 4667 bool isIndirect) { 4668 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4669 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4670 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 4671 4672 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*. 4673 if (isIndirect) { 4674 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4675 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4676 } 4677 4678 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 4679 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4680 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4681 4682 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 4683 // C++ 5.5p2 4684 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 4685 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 4686 // class type) [...] 4687 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 4688 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 4689 if (!MemPtr) { 4690 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 4691 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4692 return QualType(); 4693 } 4694 4695 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 4696 4697 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 4698 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 4699 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 4700 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 4701 // likely to be considered a defect. 4702 4703 // C++ 5.5p2 4704 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 4705 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 4706 // such a class] 4707 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 4708 if (isIndirect) { 4709 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 4710 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4711 else { 4712 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 4713 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 4714 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 4715 return QualType(); 4716 } 4717 } 4718 4719 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 4720 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 4721 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 4722 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 4723 return QualType(); 4724 } 4725 4726 if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) { 4727 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 4728 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 4729 return QualType(); 4730 } 4731 4732 CXXCastPath BasePath; 4733 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 4734 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 4735 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 4736 &BasePath)) 4737 return QualType(); 4738 4739 // Cast LHS to type of use. 4740 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 4741 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4742 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 4743 &BasePath); 4744 } 4745 4746 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 4747 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 4748 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 4749 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 4750 return QualType(); 4751 } 4752 4753 // C++ 5.5p2 4754 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 4755 // second operand. 4756 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 4757 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 4758 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 4759 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 4760 4761 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4762 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 4763 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 4764 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 4765 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 4766 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 4767 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4768 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 4769 case RQ_None: 4770 // Do nothing 4771 break; 4772 4773 case RQ_LValue: 4774 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 4775 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4776 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4777 break; 4778 4779 case RQ_RValue: 4780 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 4781 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4782 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4783 break; 4784 } 4785 } 4786 4787 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4788 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 4789 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 4790 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 4791 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 4792 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 4793 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 4794 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 4795 VK = VK_RValue; 4796 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 4797 } else if (isIndirect) { 4798 VK = VK_LValue; 4799 } else { 4800 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4801 } 4802 4803 return Result; 4804 } 4805 4806 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3. 4807 /// 4808 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4809 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 4810 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 4811 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 4812 /// as such. 4813 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 4814 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 4815 bool &HaveConversion, 4816 QualType &ToType) { 4817 HaveConversion = false; 4818 ToType = To->getType(); 4819 4820 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 4821 SourceLocation()); 4822 // C++0x 5.16p3 4823 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 4824 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 4825 // as follows: 4826 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: 4827 bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue(); 4828 if (ToIsLvalue) { 4829 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to 4830 // type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the 4831 // conversion the reference must bind directly to E1. 4832 QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType); 4833 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4834 4835 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4836 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 4837 ToType = T; 4838 HaveConversion = true; 4839 return false; 4840 } 4841 4842 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4843 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4844 } 4845 4846 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 4847 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 4848 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 4849 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 4850 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 4851 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4852 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4853 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 4854 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy); 4855 if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || 4856 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) { 4857 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 4858 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 4859 // [cv2 > cv1]. 4860 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 4861 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 4862 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4863 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4864 if (InitSeq) { 4865 HaveConversion = true; 4866 return false; 4867 } 4868 4869 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4870 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4871 } 4872 } 4873 4874 return false; 4875 } 4876 4877 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4878 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 4879 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 4880 // an rvalue). 4881 // 4882 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 4883 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 4884 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>()) 4885 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType(); 4886 4887 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4888 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4889 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 4890 ToType = TTy; 4891 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4892 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4893 4894 return false; 4895 } 4896 4897 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 4898 /// 4899 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4900 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 4901 /// conversion to a common type. 4902 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4903 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4904 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 4905 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 4906 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 4907 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 4908 CandidateSet); 4909 4910 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 4911 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 4912 case OR_Success: { 4913 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 4914 ExprResult LHSRes = 4915 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 4916 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 4917 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 4918 break; 4919 LHS = LHSRes; 4920 4921 ExprResult RHSRes = 4922 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 4923 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 4924 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 4925 break; 4926 RHS = RHSRes; 4927 if (Best->Function) 4928 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 4929 return false; 4930 } 4931 4932 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 4933 4934 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 4935 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 4936 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 4937 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 4938 return true; 4939 4940 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 4941 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4942 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4943 return true; 4944 4945 case OR_Ambiguous: 4946 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 4947 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4948 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4949 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 4950 // the viable candidates. 4951 break; 4952 4953 case OR_Deleted: 4954 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 4955 } 4956 return true; 4957 } 4958 4959 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 4960 /// TryClassUnification. 4961 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 4962 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4963 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 4964 SourceLocation()); 4965 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 4966 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4967 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4968 if (Result.isInvalid()) 4969 return true; 4970 4971 E = Result; 4972 return false; 4973 } 4974 4975 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 4976 /// 4977 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 4978 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 4979 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 4980 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 4981 ExprObjectKind &OK, 4982 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4983 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 4984 // interface pointers. 4985 4986 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 4987 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 4988 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 4989 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 4990 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 4991 return QualType(); 4992 Cond = CondRes; 4993 } 4994 4995 // Assume r-value. 4996 VK = VK_RValue; 4997 OK = OK_Ordinary; 4998 4999 // Either of the arguments dependent? 5000 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 5001 return Context.DependentTy; 5002 5003 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 5004 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 5005 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5006 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5007 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 5008 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 5009 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 5010 // ... one of the following shall hold: 5011 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 5012 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 5013 // and value category of the other. 5014 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5015 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5016 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 5017 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 5018 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 5019 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 5020 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 5021 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 5022 return NonThrow->getType(); 5023 } 5024 5025 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 5026 // type void and is a prvalue. 5027 if (LVoid && RVoid) 5028 return Context.VoidTy; 5029 5030 // Neither holds, error. 5031 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 5032 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 5033 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5034 return QualType(); 5035 } 5036 5037 // Neither is void. 5038 5039 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5040 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 5041 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 5042 // those operands to the type of the other. 5043 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5044 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5045 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 5046 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 5047 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 5048 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 5049 return QualType(); 5050 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 5051 return QualType(); 5052 5053 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 5054 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 5055 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 5056 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5057 return QualType(); 5058 } 5059 5060 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 5061 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 5062 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 5063 if (HaveL2R) { 5064 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 5065 return QualType(); 5066 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5067 } else if (HaveR2L) { 5068 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 5069 return QualType(); 5070 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5071 } 5072 } 5073 5074 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5075 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 5076 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 5077 // operands to the type of the other. 5078 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5079 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5080 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5081 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) && 5082 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 5083 // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the 5084 // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion 5085 // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers. 5086 Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 5087 Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 5088 if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) { 5089 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 5090 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5091 } 5092 else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) { 5093 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 5094 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5095 } 5096 } 5097 5098 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 5099 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 5100 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 5101 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 5102 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 5103 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 5104 // l-values. 5105 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 5106 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 5107 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 5108 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 5109 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5110 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 5111 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 5112 OK = OK_BitField; 5113 return LTy; 5114 } 5115 5116 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 5117 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 5118 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 5119 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5120 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 5121 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 5122 // program is ill-formed. 5123 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 5124 return QualType(); 5125 } 5126 5127 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 5128 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 5129 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 5130 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 5131 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5132 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5133 return QualType(); 5134 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5135 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5136 5137 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 5138 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 5139 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 5140 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 5141 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 5142 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 5143 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 5144 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 5145 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 5146 if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy, 5147 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 5148 return QualType(); 5149 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 5150 5151 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5152 SourceLocation(), 5153 LHS); 5154 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5155 return QualType(); 5156 5157 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5158 SourceLocation(), 5159 RHS); 5160 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5161 return QualType(); 5162 5163 LHS = LHSCopy; 5164 RHS = RHSCopy; 5165 } 5166 5167 return LTy; 5168 } 5169 5170 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 5171 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 5172 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 5173 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 5174 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 5175 5176 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 5177 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 5178 // common type, and the result is of that type. 5179 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 5180 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 5181 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5182 return QualType(); 5183 5184 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5185 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5186 5187 return ResTy; 5188 } 5189 5190 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5191 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5192 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5193 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5194 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5195 // pointer type. 5196 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5197 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5198 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5199 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5200 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5201 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5202 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5203 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5204 isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr 5205 : &NonStandardCompositeType); 5206 if (!Composite.isNull()) { 5207 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5208 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5209 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard) 5210 << LTy << RTy << Composite 5211 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5212 5213 return Composite; 5214 } 5215 5216 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5217 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5218 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5219 return Composite; 5220 5221 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5222 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5223 return QualType(); 5224 5225 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5226 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5227 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5228 return QualType(); 5229 } 5230 5231 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5232 /// 5233 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5234 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this 5235 /// type and returns it. 5236 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5237 /// 5238 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5239 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5240 /// 5241 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find 5242 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions 5243 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType 5244 /// will be set true. 5245 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5246 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5247 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) { 5248 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5249 *NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5250 5251 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5252 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5253 5254 // C++11 5.9p2 5255 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on 5256 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If 5257 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is 5258 // std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or, 5259 // if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand. 5260 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() && 5261 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) { 5262 if (T1->isNullPtrType() && 5263 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5264 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5265 return T1; 5266 } 5267 if (T2->isNullPtrType() && 5268 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5269 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5270 return T2; 5271 } 5272 return QualType(); 5273 } 5274 5275 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5276 if (T2->isMemberPointerType()) 5277 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5278 else 5279 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5280 return T2; 5281 } 5282 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5283 if (T1->isMemberPointerType()) 5284 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5285 else 5286 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5287 return T1; 5288 } 5289 5290 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5291 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) || 5292 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())) 5293 return QualType(); 5294 5295 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then 5296 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is 5297 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2. 5298 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the 5299 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is 5300 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types. 5301 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second. 5302 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the 5303 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite 5304 // types are the same, we have succeeded. 5305 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5306 typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector; 5307 QualifierVector QualifierUnion; 5308 typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> 5309 ContainingClassVector; 5310 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass; 5311 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1), 5312 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2); 5313 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5314 do { 5315 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5316 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5317 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5318 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5319 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5320 5321 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5322 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5323 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5324 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5325 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5326 5327 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5328 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5329 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5330 continue; 5331 } 5332 5333 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5334 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5335 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5336 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5337 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5338 5339 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5340 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5341 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5342 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5343 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5344 5345 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5346 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5347 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5348 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5349 continue; 5350 } 5351 5352 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5353 5354 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5355 break; 5356 } while (true); 5357 5358 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) { 5359 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5360 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5361 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5362 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) { 5363 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 5364 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5365 *NonStandardCompositeType = true; 5366 } 5367 } 5368 } 5369 5370 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5371 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC 5372 = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5373 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator 5374 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(), 5375 E = QualifierUnion.rend(); 5376 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) { 5377 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I); 5378 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) { 5379 // Rebuild member pointer type 5380 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5381 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), 5382 MOC->first); 5383 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5384 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), 5385 MOC->second); 5386 } else { 5387 // Rebuild pointer type 5388 Composite1 5389 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5390 Composite2 5391 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5392 } 5393 } 5394 5395 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type. 5396 InitializedEntity Entity1 5397 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1); 5398 InitializationKind Kind 5399 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation()); 5400 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5401 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5402 5403 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) { 5404 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable. 5405 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5406 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether 5407 // Composite2 is also viable. 5408 InitializedEntity Entity2 5409 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5410 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5411 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5412 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) { 5413 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different; 5414 // this is an ambiguity. 5415 return QualType(); 5416 } 5417 } 5418 5419 // Convert E1 to Composite1 5420 ExprResult E1Result 5421 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5422 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5423 return QualType(); 5424 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5425 5426 // Convert E2 to Composite1 5427 ExprResult E2Result 5428 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5429 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5430 return QualType(); 5431 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5432 5433 return Composite1; 5434 } 5435 5436 // Check whether Composite2 is viable. 5437 InitializedEntity Entity2 5438 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5439 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5440 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5441 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2) 5442 return QualType(); 5443 5444 // Convert E1 to Composite2 5445 ExprResult E1Result 5446 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5447 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5448 return QualType(); 5449 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5450 5451 // Convert E2 to Composite2 5452 ExprResult E2Result 5453 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5454 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5455 return QualType(); 5456 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5457 5458 return Composite2; 5459 } 5460 5461 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5462 if (!E) 5463 return ExprError(); 5464 5465 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5466 5467 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5468 if (!E->isRValue()) 5469 return E; 5470 5471 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5472 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5473 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5474 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5475 5476 bool ReturnsRetained; 5477 5478 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5479 // called value. 5480 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5481 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5482 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5483 5484 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5485 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5486 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5487 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5488 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5489 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5490 } 5491 5492 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5493 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5494 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5495 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5496 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5497 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5498 5499 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5500 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5501 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5502 5503 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5504 // type always produce a +1 object. 5505 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5506 ReturnsRetained = true; 5507 5508 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5509 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5510 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5511 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5512 return E; 5513 5514 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5515 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5516 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5517 } else { 5518 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5519 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5520 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5521 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5522 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5523 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5524 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5525 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5526 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5527 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5528 } 5529 5530 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 5531 5532 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 5533 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 5534 // return an object. 5535 if (!ReturnsRetained && 5536 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 5537 return E; 5538 } 5539 5540 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 5541 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 5542 return E; 5543 5544 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5545 5546 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 5547 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 5548 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 5549 VK_RValue); 5550 } 5551 5552 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5553 return E; 5554 5555 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 5556 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 5557 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 5558 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 5559 while (!RT) { 5560 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 5561 case Type::Record: 5562 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 5563 break; 5564 case Type::ConstantArray: 5565 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5566 case Type::VariableArray: 5567 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 5568 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5569 break; 5570 default: 5571 return E; 5572 } 5573 } 5574 5575 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 5576 // not processing a decltype expression. 5577 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 5578 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 5579 return E; 5580 5581 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 5582 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 5583 5584 if (Destructor) { 5585 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5586 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5587 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5588 << E->getType()); 5589 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 5590 return ExprError(); 5591 5592 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 5593 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 5594 return E; 5595 5596 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5597 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5598 } 5599 5600 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 5601 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 5602 5603 if (IsDecltype) 5604 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 5605 5606 return Bind; 5607 } 5608 5609 ExprResult 5610 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 5611 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5612 return ExprError(); 5613 5614 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 5615 } 5616 5617 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 5618 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 5619 5620 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5621 5622 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 5623 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 5624 assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 5625 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5626 return SubExpr; 5627 5628 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 5629 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 5630 5631 Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups); 5632 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 5633 5634 return E; 5635 } 5636 5637 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 5638 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 5639 5640 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5641 5642 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5643 return SubStmt; 5644 5645 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 5646 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 5647 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 5648 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 5649 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 5650 SourceLocation(), 5651 SourceLocation()); 5652 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 5653 SourceLocation()); 5654 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 5655 } 5656 5657 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 5658 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 5659 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 5660 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 5661 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 5662 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 5663 5664 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 5665 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 5666 // -- if the function call is either 5667 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 5668 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 5669 // decltype-specifier, 5670 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 5671 5672 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 5673 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 5674 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 5675 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 5676 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5677 return ExprError(); 5678 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 5679 return E; 5680 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 5681 } 5682 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 5683 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 5684 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 5685 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 5686 return ExprError(); 5687 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 5688 return E; 5689 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 5690 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 5691 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 5692 } 5693 } 5694 5695 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 5696 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 5697 : nullptr; 5698 if (TopCall) 5699 E = TopCall; 5700 else 5701 TopBind = nullptr; 5702 5703 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 5704 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 5705 5706 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 5707 // decltype expression. 5708 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 5709 return E; 5710 5711 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 5712 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 5713 I != N; ++I) { 5714 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 5715 if (Call == TopCall) 5716 continue; 5717 5718 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 5719 Call->getLocStart(), 5720 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 5721 return ExprError(); 5722 } 5723 5724 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 5725 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 5726 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 5727 I != N; ++I) { 5728 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 5729 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 5730 if (Bind == TopBind) 5731 continue; 5732 5733 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 5734 5735 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 5736 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5737 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 5738 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 5739 5740 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5741 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5742 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5743 << Bind->getType()); 5744 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 5745 return ExprError(); 5746 5747 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5748 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5749 } 5750 5751 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 5752 return E; 5753 } 5754 5755 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 5756 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 5757 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 5758 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 5759 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 5760 unsigned Limit = 9; 5761 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 5762 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 5763 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 5764 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 5765 } 5766 5767 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 5768 if (I == SkipStart) { 5769 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 5770 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 5771 << SkipCount; 5772 I += SkipCount; 5773 } else { 5774 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 5775 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 5776 ++I; 5777 } 5778 } 5779 } 5780 5781 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5782 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5783 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5784 ParsedType &ObjectType, 5785 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 5786 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 5787 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 5788 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5789 Base = Result.get(); 5790 5791 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5792 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5793 Base = Result.get(); 5794 5795 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 5796 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 5797 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 5798 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 5799 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 5800 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 5801 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 5802 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5803 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5804 5805 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5806 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5807 return Base; 5808 } 5809 5810 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 5811 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 5812 // returned, with the original second operand. 5813 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5814 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 5815 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 5816 bool FirstIteration = true; 5817 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 5818 // The set of types we've considered so far. 5819 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 5820 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 5821 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 5822 5823 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5824 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 5825 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 5826 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 5827 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5828 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 5829 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 5830 return ExprError(); 5831 } 5832 5833 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 5834 S, Base, OpLoc, 5835 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 5836 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 5837 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 5838 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 5839 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5840 ? nullptr 5841 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 5842 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5843 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 5844 if (FirstIteration) { 5845 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5846 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 5847 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5848 OpKind = tok::period; 5849 break; 5850 } 5851 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 5852 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5853 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 5854 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 5855 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 5856 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 5857 } 5858 } 5859 return ExprError(); 5860 } 5861 Base = Result.get(); 5862 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 5863 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 5864 BaseType = Base->getType(); 5865 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 5866 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 5867 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 5868 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5869 return ExprError(); 5870 } 5871 FirstIteration = false; 5872 } 5873 5874 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 5875 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 5876 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5877 } 5878 5879 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 5880 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 5881 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 5882 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5883 5884 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5885 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 5886 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 5887 // postfix-expression. 5888 // 5889 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 5890 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 5891 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and 5892 // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor 5893 // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process, 5894 // so just skip this check for ObjC types. 5895 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 5896 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5897 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5898 return Base; 5899 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5900 ObjectType = nullptr; 5901 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5902 return Base; 5903 } 5904 5905 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 5906 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 5907 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 5908 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 5909 // the member function body. 5910 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 5911 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 5912 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 5913 return ExprError(); 5914 5915 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5916 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 5917 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 5918 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 5919 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 5920 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5921 return Base; 5922 } 5923 5924 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 5925 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 5926 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 5927 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5928 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 5929 Base = result.get(); 5930 } 5931 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 5932 5933 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5934 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 5935 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 5936 // This scalar type is the object type. 5937 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 5938 // arrow operator. 5939 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5940 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 5941 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5942 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 5943 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it. 5944 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5945 << ObjectType << true 5946 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5947 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 5948 return true; 5949 5950 OpKind = tok::period; 5951 } 5952 } 5953 5954 return false; 5955 } 5956 5957 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 5958 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5959 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5960 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5961 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 5962 SourceLocation CCLoc, 5963 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5964 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 5965 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 5966 5967 QualType ObjectType; 5968 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5969 return ExprError(); 5970 5971 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 5972 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 5973 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 5974 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 5975 else { 5976 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 5977 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5978 return ExprError(); 5979 } 5980 } 5981 5982 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5983 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 5984 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 5985 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 5986 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 5987 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 5988 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 5989 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 5990 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 5991 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 5992 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 5993 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5994 5995 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 5996 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5997 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 5998 DestructedTypeStart); 5999 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6000 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 6001 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 6002 6003 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6004 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 6005 // type. 6006 } else { 6007 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 6008 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6009 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6010 } 6011 6012 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6013 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6014 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6015 DestructedTypeStart); 6016 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6017 } 6018 } 6019 } 6020 6021 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6022 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 6023 // form 6024 // 6025 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 6026 // 6027 // shall designate the same scalar type. 6028 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 6029 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 6030 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 6031 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 6032 6033 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 6034 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6035 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 6036 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6037 6038 ScopeType = QualType(); 6039 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6040 } 6041 } 6042 6043 Expr *Result 6044 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 6045 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 6046 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 6047 ScopeTypeInfo, 6048 CCLoc, 6049 TildeLoc, 6050 Destructed); 6051 6052 return Result; 6053 } 6054 6055 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6056 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6057 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6058 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6059 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 6060 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6061 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6062 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 6063 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6064 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6065 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6066 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6067 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6068 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6069 6070 QualType ObjectType; 6071 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6072 return ExprError(); 6073 6074 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 6075 // record types and dependent types matter. 6076 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 6077 if (!SS.isSet()) { 6078 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 6079 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 6080 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 6081 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 6082 } 6083 6084 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 6085 // type (with source-location information). 6086 QualType DestructedType; 6087 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 6088 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 6089 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6090 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6091 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6092 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6093 if (!T && 6094 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 6095 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 6096 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 6097 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 6098 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 6099 // template instantiation time. 6100 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6101 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6102 } else if (!T) { 6103 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6104 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6105 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6106 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6107 return ExprError(); 6108 6109 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6110 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6111 } else 6112 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 6113 } else { 6114 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6115 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 6116 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6117 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6118 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6119 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6120 TemplateId->Template, 6121 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6122 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6123 TemplateArgsPtr, 6124 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6125 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6126 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6127 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6128 } else 6129 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 6130 } 6131 6132 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 6133 // information. 6134 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 6135 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 6136 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 6137 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6138 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6139 } 6140 6141 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 6142 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6143 QualType ScopeType; 6144 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6145 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 6146 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6147 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 6148 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6149 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6150 if (!T) { 6151 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6152 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6153 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6154 6155 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6156 return ExprError(); 6157 6158 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 6159 ScopeType = QualType(); 6160 } else 6161 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 6162 } else { 6163 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6164 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 6165 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6166 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6167 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6168 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6169 TemplateId->Template, 6170 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6171 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6172 TemplateArgsPtr, 6173 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6174 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6175 // Recover by dropping this type. 6176 ScopeType = QualType(); 6177 } else 6178 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 6179 } 6180 } 6181 6182 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 6183 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 6184 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 6185 6186 6187 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 6188 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6189 Destructed); 6190 } 6191 6192 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6193 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6194 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6195 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6196 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6197 QualType ObjectType; 6198 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6199 return ExprError(); 6200 6201 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6202 false); 6203 6204 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6205 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6206 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6207 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6208 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6209 6210 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6211 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6212 Destructed); 6213 } 6214 6215 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6216 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6217 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6218 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6219 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6220 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6221 // is a LambdaExpr. 6222 Expr *SubE = E; 6223 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6224 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6225 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6226 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6227 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6228 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6229 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6230 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6231 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6232 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6233 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6234 // autoreleased. 6235 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6236 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6237 E->getExprLoc(), 6238 Method, E); 6239 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6240 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6241 return Exp; 6242 } 6243 } 6244 6245 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6246 FoundDecl, Method); 6247 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6248 return true; 6249 6250 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6251 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6252 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6253 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6254 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6255 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6256 6257 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6258 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6259 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6260 6261 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6262 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6263 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6264 return CE; 6265 } 6266 6267 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6268 SourceLocation RParen) { 6269 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6270 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6271 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6272 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6273 if (R.isInvalid()) 6274 return R; 6275 6276 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6277 Operand = R.get(); 6278 6279 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6280 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6281 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6282 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6283 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6284 } 6285 6286 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6287 return new (Context) 6288 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6289 } 6290 6291 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6292 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6293 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6294 } 6295 6296 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6297 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6298 // according to [expr]p10: 6299 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6300 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6301 // one of the following forms: 6302 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6303 6304 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6305 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6306 return true; 6307 6308 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6309 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6310 return true; 6311 6312 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6313 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6314 return true; 6315 6316 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6317 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6318 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6319 return true; 6320 6321 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6322 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6323 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6324 return true; 6325 6326 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6327 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6328 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6329 } 6330 6331 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6332 // operands are one of the above, or 6333 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6334 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6335 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6336 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6337 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6338 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6339 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6340 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6341 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6342 } 6343 6344 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6345 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6346 return true; 6347 6348 return false; 6349 } 6350 6351 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6352 /// context that ignores the result. 6353 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6354 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6355 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6356 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6357 E = result.get(); 6358 } 6359 6360 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6361 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6362 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6363 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6364 if (E->isRValue()) { 6365 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6366 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6367 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6368 // some clients. 6369 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6370 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6371 6372 return E; 6373 } 6374 6375 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6376 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6377 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6378 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6379 // conversion. 6380 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6381 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6382 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6383 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6384 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6385 return E; 6386 E = Res.get(); 6387 } 6388 return E; 6389 } 6390 6391 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6392 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6393 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6394 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6395 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6396 return E; 6397 } 6398 } 6399 6400 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6401 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6402 return E; 6403 E = Res.get(); 6404 6405 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6406 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6407 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6408 return E; 6409 } 6410 6411 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6412 // in a constant expression, return true. 6413 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6414 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6415 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6416 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6417 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6418 // never be a constant expression. 6419 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6420 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6421 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6422 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6423 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6424 ASTContext &Context) { 6425 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6426 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6427 6428 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6429 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6430 assert(DefVD); 6431 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6432 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6433 6434 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6435 6436 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6437 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6438 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6439 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6440 return false; 6441 } 6442 6443 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6444 } 6445 6446 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6447 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6448 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6449 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6450 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6451 /// need to be captured. 6452 6453 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6454 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6455 6456 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6457 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6458 assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext && 6459 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 6460 6461 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 6462 6463 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 6464 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 6465 6466 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 6467 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 6468 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 6469 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 6470 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 6471 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 6472 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 6473 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 6474 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 6475 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 6476 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 6477 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 6478 // For e.g.: 6479 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 6480 // int test() { 6481 // const int x = 10; 6482 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6483 // (void) +x + a; 6484 // }; 6485 // } 6486 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 6487 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 6488 continue; 6489 6490 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 6491 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6492 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6493 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6494 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 6495 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6496 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 6497 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6498 } 6499 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 6500 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 6501 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 6502 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 6503 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 6504 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 6505 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 6506 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 6507 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 6508 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 6509 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 6510 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6511 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6512 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 6513 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 6514 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 6515 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 6516 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6517 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6518 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 6519 DeclRefType, nullptr); 6520 } 6521 } 6522 } 6523 6524 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 6525 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 6526 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 6527 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6528 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6529 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6530 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 6531 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6532 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 6533 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 6534 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6535 } 6536 } 6537 6538 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 6539 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 6540 } 6541 6542 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 6543 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 6544 TypoCorrection TC) { 6545 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 6546 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 6547 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 6548 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 6549 6550 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 6551 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6552 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 6553 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 6554 NewSS = *SS; 6555 6556 if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) { 6557 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 6558 R.addDecl(ND); 6559 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 6560 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 6561 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 6562 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6563 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6564 if (!Record) 6565 Record = 6566 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 6567 if (Record) 6568 R.setNamingClass(Record); 6569 6570 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 6571 // member. 6572 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 6573 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 6574 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6575 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 6576 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6577 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 6578 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6579 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 6580 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6581 else 6582 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 6583 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 6584 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 6585 6586 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 6587 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 6588 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 6589 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); 6590 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 6591 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 6592 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 6593 } 6594 } 6595 6596 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 6597 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 6598 } 6599 6600 namespace { 6601 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 6602 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 6603 6604 public: 6605 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 6606 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 6607 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 6608 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 6609 return true; 6610 } 6611 }; 6612 6613 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 6614 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 6615 6616 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 6617 // process of being initialized. 6618 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 6619 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 6620 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 6621 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 6622 6623 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 6624 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 6625 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 6626 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 6627 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 6628 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 6629 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 6630 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6631 if (State.DiagHandler) { 6632 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 6633 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 6634 6635 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 6636 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 6637 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 6638 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 6639 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 6640 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 6641 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 6642 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 6643 6644 State.DiagHandler(TC); 6645 } 6646 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 6647 } 6648 } 6649 6650 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 6651 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 6652 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 6653 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 6654 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 6655 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 6656 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 6657 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 6658 /// of corrections. 6659 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 6660 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 6661 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6662 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6663 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 6664 return true; 6665 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6666 } 6667 return false; 6668 } 6669 6670 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 6671 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 6672 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 6673 6674 if (!E) 6675 return nullptr; 6676 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6677 return DRE->getFoundDecl(); 6678 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 6679 return ME->getFoundDecl(); 6680 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 6681 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 6682 // contain multiple decls. 6683 return nullptr; 6684 } 6685 6686 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 6687 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6688 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 6689 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 6690 return ExprError(); 6691 6692 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 6693 } 6694 6695 public: 6696 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 6697 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 6698 6699 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6700 MultiExprArg Args, 6701 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6702 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 6703 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 6704 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 6705 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 6706 if (Result.isUsable()) { 6707 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 6708 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 6709 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 6710 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 6711 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 6712 } 6713 } 6714 return Result; 6715 } 6716 6717 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6718 6719 ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6720 6721 ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) { 6722 return Owned(E); 6723 } 6724 6725 ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) { 6726 return Owned(E); 6727 } 6728 6729 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 6730 ExprResult Res; 6731 while (true) { 6732 Res = TryTransform(E); 6733 6734 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 6735 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 6736 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 6737 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 6738 break; 6739 } 6740 6741 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 6742 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 6743 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 6744 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 6745 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 6746 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 6747 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 6748 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 6749 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 6750 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 6751 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 6752 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 6753 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6754 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 6755 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6756 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 6757 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6758 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6759 Res = ExprError(); 6760 break; 6761 } 6762 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 6763 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 6764 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 6765 } 6766 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 6767 6768 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 6769 if (!Res.isUsable()) 6770 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 6771 6772 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 6773 6774 return Res; 6775 } 6776 6777 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 6778 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 6779 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 6780 // first one that was encountered. 6781 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 6782 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 6783 return CacheEntry; 6784 } 6785 6786 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 6787 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 6788 6789 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 6790 // typo correction and return it. 6791 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 6792 if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl) 6793 continue; 6794 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 6795 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 6796 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 6797 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 6798 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 6799 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 6800 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 6801 TypoCorrection Next; 6802 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 6803 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 6804 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 6805 } else { 6806 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 6807 } 6808 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 6809 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 6810 return CacheEntry = NE; 6811 } 6812 } 6813 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 6814 } 6815 }; 6816 } 6817 6818 ExprResult 6819 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 6820 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 6821 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 6822 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 6823 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 6824 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 6825 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 6826 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 6827 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 6828 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 6829 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 6830 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 6831 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 6832 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 6833 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 6834 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 6835 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 6836 return Result; 6837 } 6838 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 6839 } 6840 return E; 6841 } 6842 6843 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 6844 bool DiscardedValue, 6845 bool IsConstexpr, 6846 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 6847 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 6848 6849 if (!FullExpr.get()) 6850 return ExprError(); 6851 6852 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 6853 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 6854 // containing full-expression is done). 6855 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 6856 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 6857 // return a; 6858 // }() ...); 6859 // } 6860 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 6861 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 6862 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 6863 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 6864 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 6865 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 6866 // parser/instantiation has got to). 6867 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 6868 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 6869 return ExprError(); 6870 6871 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 6872 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 6873 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 6874 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 6875 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6876 return ExprError(); 6877 } 6878 6879 if (DiscardedValue) { 6880 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6881 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6882 return ExprError(); 6883 6884 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 6885 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6886 return ExprError(); 6887 } 6888 6889 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6890 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6891 return ExprError(); 6892 6893 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 6894 6895 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 6896 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 6897 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 6898 // Consider the following code: 6899 // void f(int, int); 6900 // void f(const int&, double); 6901 // void foo() { 6902 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 6903 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6904 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 6905 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 6906 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 6907 // }; 6908 // }; 6909 // } 6910 6911 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 6912 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 6913 // void f() { 6914 // const int n = 0; 6915 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 6916 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 6917 // }; 6918 // } 6919 // 6920 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 6921 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 6922 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 6923 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 6924 6925 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda(); 6926 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 6927 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 6928 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 6929 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 6930 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 6931 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 6932 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 6933 // "Alternative suggestion: 6934 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 6935 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 6936 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 6937 // constructor/destructor. 6938 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 6939 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 6940 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext); 6941 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 6942 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6943 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 6944 *this); 6945 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 6946 } 6947 6948 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 6949 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 6950 6951 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 6952 } 6953 6954 Sema::IfExistsResult 6955 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 6956 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6957 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 6958 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 6959 if (!TargetName) 6960 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6961 6962 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 6963 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 6964 return IER_Dependent; 6965 6966 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 6967 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 6968 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6969 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 6970 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 6971 6972 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 6973 case LookupResult::Found: 6974 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 6975 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 6976 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 6977 return IER_Exists; 6978 6979 case LookupResult::NotFound: 6980 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6981 6982 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 6983 return IER_Dependent; 6984 } 6985 6986 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 6987 } 6988 6989 Sema::IfExistsResult 6990 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 6991 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6992 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 6993 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 6994 6995 // Check for unexpanded parameter packs. 6996 SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded; 6997 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded); 6998 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded); 6999 if (!Unexpanded.empty()) { 7000 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc, 7001 IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists 7002 : UPPC_IfNotExists, 7003 Unexpanded); 7004 return IER_Error; 7005 } 7006 7007 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 7008 } 7009